blob: 6a0253823c02b5faa1f6aaa5e7886bd3469b85d0 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
821 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000822 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
823 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000824 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000825 }
826
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000827 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
828 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000829
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000830 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
831 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
832 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
833 : SourceRange());
834 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000835 }
836
837 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000838
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000839 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
840 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000841 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
842 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
844 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000845 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
846 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
847 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000848 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000849 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000851 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
852 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000853 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000854 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
855 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000856
857 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
858 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
859 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
860 return ExprError();
861
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000862 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
863 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
864 // an error.
865 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
866 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
867 << IV->getDeclName());
868 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
869 // same name exists, use the global.
870 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000871 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
872 ClassDeclared != IFace)
873 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000874 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
875 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000876 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
877 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000878 return Owned(new (Context)
879 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000880 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000881 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000882 }
883 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000884 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
885 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
886 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000888 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
889 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000890 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
891 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000892 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000893 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000894 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000895 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000896 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000897 QualType T;
898
899 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
900 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
901 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
902 else
903 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000904 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000905 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000906 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000907
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000908 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
909 // argument-dependent lookup.
910 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
911 HasTrailingLParen;
912
913 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000914 // We've seen something of the form
915 //
916 // identifier(
917 //
918 // and we did not find any entity by the name
919 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
920 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
921 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
922 Context.OverloadTy,
923 Loc));
924 }
925
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000926 if (D == 0) {
927 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
928 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000929 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000930 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000931 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000932 else {
933 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
934 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000935 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000936 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
937 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000938 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
939 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000940 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
941 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000942 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000943 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000944 }
945 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000946
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000947 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
948 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
949 // not any specific instance's member.
950 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000951 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000952 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000953 QualType DType;
954 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
955 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
956 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
957 DType = Method->getType();
958 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
959 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
960 }
961 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
962 if (!DType.isNull()) {
963 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
964 // dependent.
965 bool Dependent = false;
966 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
967 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
968 if (DC->isRecord()) {
969 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
970 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
971 Dependent = true;
972 break;
973 }
974 }
975 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000976 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000977 }
978 }
979 }
980
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000981 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
982 // (C++ [class.union]).
983 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
984 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
985 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000986
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000987 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
988 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
989 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
990 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
991 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
992 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
993 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
994 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
995 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
996 QualType MemberType;
997 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
998 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
999 MemberType = FD->getType();
1000
1001 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1002 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1003 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1004 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1005 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1006 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1007 }
1008 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1009 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1010 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1011 MemberType = Method->getType();
1012 }
1013 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1014 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1015 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1016 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1017 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1018 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1019 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1020 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1021 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1022 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1023 break;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001027
1028 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001029 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1030 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1031 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1032 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1033 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1034 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001035 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001036 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001037 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001038 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001039 }
1040 }
1041 }
1042 }
1043
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001044 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001045 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1046 if (MD->isStatic())
1047 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1049 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001050 }
1051
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001052 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1053 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1054 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1056 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001057 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001058
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001059 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001061 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001062 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001063 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001065
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001066 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001067 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001068 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1069 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001070 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1071 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1072 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001073 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001075 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1076 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1077 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1078 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1079 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1080 return ExprError();
1081
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001082 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001083 // Warn about constructs like:
1084 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1085 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001086 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1087 Scope *CheckS = S;
1088 while (CheckS) {
1089 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001090 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001092 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1093 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001094 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001095 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1096 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001097 break;
1098 }
1099
1100 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1101 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1102 if (CheckS)
1103 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1104 }
1105 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001106 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1107 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1108 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1109 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1110 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1111 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1112 // type.
1113 QualType T = Func->getType();
1114 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001115 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1116 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001117 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1118 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001119 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001120
1121 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1122 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001123 return ExprError();
1124
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001125 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1126 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1127 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1128 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001129 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001130 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1131 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1132 //
1133 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001135 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1136 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001138
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001139 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001140 ExprTy.addConst();
1141 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001142 }
1143 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1144 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001145
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001146 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001147 bool ValueDependent = false;
1148 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1149 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1150 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1151 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1152 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1153 TypeDependent = true;
1154 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1155 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1156 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1157 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1158 TypeDependent = true;
1159 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1160 // names a dependent type.
1161 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001162 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001163 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1164 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001165 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001166 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1167 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1168 TypeDependent = true;
1169 break;
1170 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001171 }
1172 }
1173 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001175 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1176 //
1177 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1178 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1179 if (TypeDependent)
1180 ValueDependent = true;
1181 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1182 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1183 ValueDependent = true;
1184 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1185 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
1186 // (FIXME!).
1187 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001188
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001189 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1190 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001191}
1192
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1194 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001195 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001196
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001197 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001198 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001199 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1200 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1201 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001202 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001203
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001204 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1205 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001206 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001207 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1208 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001209 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1210 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1211 else {
1212 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1213 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1214 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1215 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001216
1217
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001218 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001219 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001220 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001221 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001222}
1223
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001225 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1226 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1227 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1228 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001229
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001230 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1231 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1232 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001233 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001234
1235 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1236
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001237 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1238 Literal.isWide(),
1239 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001240}
1241
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001242Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1243 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001244 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1245 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001246 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001247 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001248 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001249 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001250 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001251
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001252 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001253 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1254 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001255 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001256
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001257 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1258 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001259
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001260 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1261 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1262 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001263 return ExprError();
1264
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001265 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001266
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001267 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001268 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001269 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001270 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001271 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001272 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001273 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001274 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001275
1276 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1277
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001278 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1279 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001280 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1281 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001282
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001283 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001284 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001285 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001286 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001288 // long long is a C99 feature.
1289 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001290 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001291 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1292
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001293 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001294 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001296 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1297 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1298 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001299 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1300 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001301 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 } else {
1303 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1304 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1307 // be an unsigned int.
1308 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1309
1310 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001311 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001312 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1313 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001314 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001315
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001316 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1317 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1318 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1319 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001320 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001321 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001322 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001323 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001325 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001326
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001327 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001328 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001329 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001330
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1332 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1333 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1334 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001335 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001337 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001338 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001340 }
1341
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001342 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001343 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001344 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001346 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1347 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1348 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1349 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001350 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001351 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001352 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001353 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001354 }
1355 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001356
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1358 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001359 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001360 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001361 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001362 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001363 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001365 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1366 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001367 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001368 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001370
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001371 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1372 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001373 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1374 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001375
1376 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001377}
1378
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001379Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1380 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001381 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001382 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001383 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001384}
1385
1386/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1387/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001388bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001389 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1390 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1391 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001392 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1393 return false;
1394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001396 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001397 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001398 if (isSizeof)
1399 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1400 return false;
1401 }
1402
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001403 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001404 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001405 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1406 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001407 return false;
1408 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001409
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001410 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1411 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1412 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1413 ExprRange))
1414 return true;
1415
1416 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001417 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001419 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1420 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001421 }
1422
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001423 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001424}
1425
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001426bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1427 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1428 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001429
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001430 // alignof decl is always ok.
1431 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1432 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001433
1434 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1435 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1436 return false;
1437
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001438 if (E->getBitField()) {
1439 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1440 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001441 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001442
1443 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1444 // bit-field.
1445 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1446 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1447 return false;
1448
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001449 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1450}
1451
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001452/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1453Action::OwningExprResult
1454Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1455 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1456 if (T.isNull())
1457 return ExprError();
1458
1459 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1460 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1461 return ExprError();
1462
1463 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1464 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1465 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1466 R.getEnd()));
1467}
1468
1469/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1470/// operand.
1471Action::OwningExprResult
1472Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1473 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1474 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1475 bool isInvalid = false;
1476 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1477 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1478 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1479 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001480 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001481 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1482 isInvalid = true;
1483 } else {
1484 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1485 }
1486
1487 if (isInvalid)
1488 return ExprError();
1489
1490 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1491 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1492 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1493 R.getEnd()));
1494}
1495
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001496/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1497/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1498/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001499Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001500Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1501 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001502 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001503 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001504
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001505 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001506 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1507 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1508 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001509
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001510 // Get the end location.
1511 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1512 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1513 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1514
1515 if (Result.isInvalid())
1516 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1517
1518 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001519}
1520
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001521QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001522 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1523 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001524
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001525 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001526 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1527 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001528
1529 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1530 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1531 return V->getType();
1532
1533 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001534 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1535 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001536 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001537}
1538
1539
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001540
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001541Action::OwningExprResult
1542Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1543 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1544 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001545
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001546 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1547 switch (Kind) {
1548 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1549 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1550 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1551 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001552
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001553 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1554 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1555 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001556 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001557 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1558
1559 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1560 //
1561 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1562 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1563 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1564 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1565 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1566 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1567 // argument will have value zero.
1568 Expr *Args[2] = {
1569 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001570 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1571 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001572 };
1573
1574 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1575 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001576 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001577
1578 // Perform overload resolution.
1579 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1580 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1581 case OR_Success: {
1582 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1583 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1584
1585 if (FnDecl) {
1586 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1587 // operator.
1588
1589 // Convert the arguments.
1590 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1591 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001592 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001593 } else {
1594 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001595 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001596 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1597 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001598 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001599 }
1600
1601 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001603 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1604 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001605
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001606 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001607 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001608 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001609 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1610
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001611 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1613 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1614 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 } else {
1616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1618 // operator node.
1619 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1620 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
1623 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625 }
1626
1627 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1628 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1629 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1630 break;
1631
1632 case OR_Ambiguous:
1633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1634 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1635 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001638
1639 case OR_Deleted:
1640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1642 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1643 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1649 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1650 // build a built-in operation.
1651 }
1652
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001653 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1654 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001655 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001656 return ExprError();
1657 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001659}
1660
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661Action::OwningExprResult
1662Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1663 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1664 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1665 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001666
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001668 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001669 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1670 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1671 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001672 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1673 // to the candidate set.
1674 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1675 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001676 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1677 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001678
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001679 // Perform overload resolution.
1680 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1681 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1682 case OR_Success: {
1683 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1684 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1685
1686 if (FnDecl) {
1687 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1688 // operator.
1689
1690 // Convert the arguments.
1691 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1692 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1693 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1694 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1695 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001696 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001697 } else {
1698 // Convert the arguments.
1699 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1700 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1701 "passing") ||
1702 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1703 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1704 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001705 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001706 }
1707
1708 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001709 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001710 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1711 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001712
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001713 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001714 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1715 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001716 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1717
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001718 Base.release();
1719 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001720 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1721 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001722 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001723 } else {
1724 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1725 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1726 // operator node.
1727 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1728 "passing") ||
1729 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1730 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001731 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001732
1733 break;
1734 }
1735 }
1736
1737 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1738 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1739 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1740 break;
1741
1742 case OR_Ambiguous:
1743 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1744 << "[]"
1745 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1746 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001747 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001748
1749 case OR_Deleted:
1750 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1751 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1752 << "[]"
1753 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1754 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1755 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001756 }
1757
1758 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1759 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1760 // build a built-in operation.
1761 }
1762
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001763 // Perform default conversions.
1764 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1765 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001766
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001767 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001768
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001769 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001770 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001771 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001772 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001773 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1774 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001775 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1776 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1777 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1778 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1779 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001780 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1781 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001782 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001783 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001784 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001785 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1786 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001787 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001788 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1789 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001790 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001791
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001792 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1793 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001794 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1795 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1796 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1797 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1798 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1799 // force the promotion here.
1800 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1801 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1802 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1803 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1804
1805 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1806 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1807 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1808 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1809 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1810 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1811 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1812 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1813 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1814
1815 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1816 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1817 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001818 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001819 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1820 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001821 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001822 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001823 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001824 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1825 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001826
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001827 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1828 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1829 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1830 // incomplete types are not object types.
1831 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1832 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1833 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1834 return ExprError();
1835 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001836
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001838 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001839 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1840 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001841
1842 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1843 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1844 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1845 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1846 return ExprError();
1847 }
1848
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001849 Base.release();
1850 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001851 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001852 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001853}
1854
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001855QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001856CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001857 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001858 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001859
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001860 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1861 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001862
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001863 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001864 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1865 // to be selected.
1866 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001867
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001868 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1869 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1870 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001871
1872 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1873 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001874 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001875 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1876 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001877 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001878 do
1879 compStr++;
1880 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001882 do
1883 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001884 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001885 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001886
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001887 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001888 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1889 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001890 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1891 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001892 return QualType();
1893 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001894
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001895 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1896 // operates on.
1897 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1898 compStr = CompName.getName();
1899
1900 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001901 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001902
1903 while (*compStr) {
1904 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1905 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1906 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1907 return QualType();
1908 }
1909 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001910 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001911
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001912 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1913 // number of elements.
1914 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001915 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001916 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001917 return QualType();
1918 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001919
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001921 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001922 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001923 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001924 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001925 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1926 : CompName.getLength();
1927 if (HexSwizzle)
1928 CompSize--;
1929
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 if (CompSize == 1)
1931 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001932
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001933 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001934 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001935 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1936 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1937 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1938 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001939 }
1940 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001941}
1942
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001943static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1944 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001945 const Selector &Sel,
1946 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001947
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001948 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001949 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001950 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001951 return OMD;
1952
1953 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1954 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001955 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1956 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957 return D;
1958 }
1959 return 0;
1960}
1961
1962static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1963 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001964 const Selector &Sel,
1965 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001966 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1967 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1968 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1969 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001970 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001971 GDecl = PD;
1972 break;
1973 }
1974 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001975 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 GDecl = OMD;
1977 break;
1978 }
1979 }
1980 if (!GDecl) {
1981 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1982 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1983 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001984 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985 if (GDecl)
1986 return GDecl;
1987 }
1988 }
1989 return GDecl;
1990}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001991
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001992/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1993/// all base class implementations.
1994///
1995ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1996 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1997 const Selector &Sel) {
1998 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00001999 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2000 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002001 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002002
2003 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2004 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2005 return Method;
2006}
2007
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002008Action::OwningExprResult
2009Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2010 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002011 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002012 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002013 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002014 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002015
2016 // Perform default conversions.
2017 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002019 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2020 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002021
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002022 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2023 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002024 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002025 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
2026 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, true, 0,
2027 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
2028 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002029 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002030 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002031 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2032 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002034 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2035 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2036 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002037 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002038 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2039 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2040 // (so we'll report an error for)
2041 // T* t;
2042 // t.f;
2043 //
2044 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2045 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2046 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2047 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2048
2049 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2050 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
2051 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, false, 0,
2052 MemberLoc, Context.DependentTy));
2053 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002054 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002055
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002056 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2057 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002058 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002059 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002060 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002061 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2062 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2063 return ExprError();
2064
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002065 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002066 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002067 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002068 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002069 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002070
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002071 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002072 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2073 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002074 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002075 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2076 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2077 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002078 }
2079
2080 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002081
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002082 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2083 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2084 // error cases.
2085 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2086 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002087
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002088 // Check the use of this field
2089 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2090 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002091
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002092 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002093 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2094 // (C++ [class.union]).
2095 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002096 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002097 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002098
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002099 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2100 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002101 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002102 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2103 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2104 else {
2105 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2106 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002107 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002108 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2109 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2110 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002111
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002112 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2113 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002114 }
2115
2116 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002117 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002118 Var, MemberLoc,
2119 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2120 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002121 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002122 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2123 MemberFn->getType()));
2124 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2125 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002126 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002127 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2128 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002129 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2130 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002131 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002132 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2133 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002134
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002135 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2136 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2137 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002138 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2139 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2140 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002141 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002143 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2144 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002145 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002146 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002147 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2148 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002149 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002150 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2151 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2152 // error cases.
2153 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2154 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002155
2156 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2157 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2158 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002159 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2160 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002161 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2162 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2163 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002164 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2165 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2166 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002167 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2168 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2169 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2170 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002171 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002172 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2173 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2174 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2175 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2176 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2177 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002178 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002179
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002180 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002181 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002182 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002183 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2184 }
2185 // @protected
2186 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2187 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2188 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002189
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002190 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002191 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002192 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002193 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002194 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2195 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2196 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002197 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002198
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002199 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2200 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2201 const PointerType *PTy;
2202 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2203 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2204 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2205 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002206
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002207 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002208 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2209 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002210 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2211 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2212 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002213 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2214 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2215 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002216 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2217 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002218 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002219 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2220 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002221
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002222 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002223 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2224 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002225 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2226 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002227 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2228 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2229 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002230
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002231 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002232 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2233 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002234
2235 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2236 // selector is implemented.
2237
2238 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2239 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2240
2241 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002242 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002243
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002244 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2245 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002246 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002247
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002248 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2249 if (!Getter) {
2250 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2251 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002252 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002253 }
2254 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002255 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002256 // Check if we can reference this property.
2257 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2258 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002259 }
2260 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2261 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2262 Selector SetterSel =
2263 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2264 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002265 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002266 if (!Setter) {
2267 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2268 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002269 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002270 }
2271 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2272 if (!Setter) {
2273 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2274 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002275 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002276 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002277 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002278
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002279 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2280 return ExprError();
2281
2282 if (Getter || Setter) {
2283 QualType PType;
2284
2285 if (Getter)
2286 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2287 else {
2288 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2289 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2290 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2291 }
2292 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2293 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2294 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2295 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002296 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2297 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002298 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002299 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2300 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2301 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2302 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002303 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002304 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002305 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002306 // Check the use of this declaration
2307 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2308 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002309
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002310 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002311 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2312 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002313 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002314 // Check the use of this method.
2315 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2316 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002317
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002318 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002319 OMD->getResultType(),
2320 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2321 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002322 }
2323 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002324
2325 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2326 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002327 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002328 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2329 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2330 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2331 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2332 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002333 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2334 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002335 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002336 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002337 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002338 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002339 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002340 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002341 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2342 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2343 Selector SetterSel =
2344 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2345 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002346 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002347 if (!Setter) {
2348 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2349 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002350 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002351 }
2352 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2353 if (!Setter) {
2354 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2355 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002356 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002357 }
2358 }
2359
2360 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2361 return ExprError();
2362
2363 if (Getter || Setter) {
2364 QualType PType;
2365
2366 if (Getter)
2367 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2368 else {
2369 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2370 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2371 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2372 }
2373 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2374 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2375 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2376 }
2377 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2378 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002379 }
2380 }
2381
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002382 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002383 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002384 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2385 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002386 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002387 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002388 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002389 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002390
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002391 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2392 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2393
2394 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2395 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2396 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2397 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2398 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2399 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2400 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2401 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2402 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2403 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2404 }
2405
2406 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002407}
2408
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002409/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2410/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2411/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2412/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2413/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2414/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002415bool
2416Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002417 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002418 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002419 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2420 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002421 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002422 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2423 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2424 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002425 bool Invalid = false;
2426
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002427 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2428 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2429 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2430 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2431 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2432 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2433 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2434 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002435 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002436 }
2437
2438 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2439 // them.
2440 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2441 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2442 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2443 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2444 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2445 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2446 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2447 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002448 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002449 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002450 }
2451 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2452 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002453
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002454 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2455 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2456 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002457
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002458 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002459 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002460 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002461
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002462 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2463 ProtoArgType,
2464 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2465 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2466 return true;
2467
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002468 // Pass the argument.
2469 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2470 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002471 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002472 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002473 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002475
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2477 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002478
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002479 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2480 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002481 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2482 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2483 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2484 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2485 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2486
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002487 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2488 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2489 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002490 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002491 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2492 }
2493 }
2494
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002495 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002496}
2497
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002498/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002499/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2500/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002501Action::OwningExprResult
2502Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2503 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002504 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002505 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002506 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002507 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002508 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002509 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002510 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002511 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002512
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002514 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002515 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002516 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2517 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002518 bool Dependent = false;
2519 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2520 Dependent = true;
2521 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2522 Dependent = true;
2523
2524 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002525 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002526 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2527
2528 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2529 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2530 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2531 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2532
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002533 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002534 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2535 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2536 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002537 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2538 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002539 }
2540
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002541 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002542 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002543 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2544 bool ADL = true;
2545 while (true) {
2546 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2547 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2548 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002549 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002550 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002551 ADL = false;
2552 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2553 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002554 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002555 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2556 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002557 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2558 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2559 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2560 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002561 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002562 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2563 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2564 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002565 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002566 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2567 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2568 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002569 break;
2570 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002571 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002572
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002573 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2574 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002575 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002576 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002577 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002578 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002579
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002580 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002581 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002582 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002583 ADL = false;
2584
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002585 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2586 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2587 ADL = false;
2588
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002589 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002590 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2591 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002592 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2593 if (!FDecl)
2594 return ExprError();
2595
2596 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2597 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002598 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002599 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002600 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2601 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2602 false, false,
2603 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2604 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002605 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002606 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002607 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2608 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2609 Fn = NewFn;
2610 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002611 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002612
2613 // Promote the function operand.
2614 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2615
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002616 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2617 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002618 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2619 Args, NumArgs,
2620 Context.BoolTy,
2621 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002622
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002623 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2624 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2625 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2626 // have type pointer to function".
2627 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2628 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002629 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2630 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002631 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2632 } else { // This is a block call.
2633 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2634 getAsFunctionType();
2635 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002636 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002637 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2638 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2639
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002640 // Check for a valid return type
2641 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2642 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2643 FuncT->getResultType(),
2644 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2645 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2646 return ExprError();
2647
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002648 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002649 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002650
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002651 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002653 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002654 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002655 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002656 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002657
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002658 if (FDecl) {
2659 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2660 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2661 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Douglas Gregor72971342009-04-18 00:02:19 +00002662 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002663 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2664 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2665 }
2666
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002667 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002668 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2669 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2670 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002671 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2672 Arg->getType(),
2673 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2674 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2675 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002676 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002677 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002678 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002679
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002680 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2681 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002682 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2683 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002684
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002685 // Check for sentinels
2686 if (NDecl)
2687 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002688 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002689 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002690 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002691
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002692 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002693}
2694
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002695Action::OwningExprResult
2696Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2697 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002698 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002699 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002700 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002701 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002702 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002703
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002704 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002705 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002706 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2707 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002708 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002709 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2710 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002711 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002712
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002713 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002714 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002715 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002716
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002717 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002718 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002719 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002720 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002721 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002722 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002723 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002724 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002725}
2726
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002727Action::OwningExprResult
2728Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002729 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2730 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2731 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002732
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002733 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002734 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002735
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002736 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002737 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002738 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002739 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002740}
2741
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002742/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002743bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002744 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2745
2746 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2747 // type needs to be scalar.
2748 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2749 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002750 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2751 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002752 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002753 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2754 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2755 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2756 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002757 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002758 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2759 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2760 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2761 // GCC cast to union extension
2762 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2763 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002764 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002765 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2766 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2767 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2768 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2769 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2770 break;
2771 }
2772 }
2773 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2774 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2775 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2776 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002777 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002778 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002779 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002780 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002781 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002782 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002783 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2784 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002785 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002786 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2787 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2788 return true;
2789 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2790 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2791 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002792 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002793 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002794 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2795 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2796 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2797 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2798 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2799 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2800 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2801 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2802 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2803 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2804 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002805 }
2806 return false;
2807}
2808
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002809bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002810 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002811
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002812 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002813 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002814 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002815 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002816 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002817 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002818 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002819 } else
2820 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002821 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002822 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002823
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002824 return false;
2825}
2826
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002827Action::OwningExprResult
2828Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2829 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2830 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2831 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002832
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002833 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002834 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2835
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002836 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002837 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002838 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002839 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002840}
2841
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002842/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2843/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002844/// C99 6.5.15
2845QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2846 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002847 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2848 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2849 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2850
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002851 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2852 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2853 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2854 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2855 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2856 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002857
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002858 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002859 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2860 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2861 << CondTy;
2862 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002863 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002864
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002865 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002866
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002867 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2868 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002869 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2870 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2871 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002872 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002873
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002874 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2875 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002876 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2877 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002878 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002879 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002880 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002881 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002882 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002883 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002884
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002885 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002886 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002887 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2888 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2889 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2890 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2891 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2892 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2893 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2894 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2895 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002896 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002897 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002898 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2899 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002900 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2901 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2902 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2903 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2904 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002905 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002906 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2907 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2908 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2909 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2910 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002911 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002912
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002913 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2914 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2915 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2916 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2917
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002918 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2919 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002920 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2921 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002922 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2923 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2924 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2925 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002926
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002927 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2928 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2929 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2930 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2931 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2932 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2933 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2934 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2935 return destType;
2936 }
2937 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2938 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2939 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2940 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2941 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2942 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2943 return destType;
2944 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002945
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002946 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2947 if (sameKind
2948 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2949 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2950 return LHSTy;
2951 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002952
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002953 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002954
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002955 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2956 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
2957 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
2958 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
2959 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2960 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2961 // type. This allows
2962 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2963 // where B is a subclass of A.
2964 //
2965 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2966 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2967 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2968 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002969
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002970 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
2971 // It could return the composite type.
2972 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2973 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2974 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2975 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
2976 compositeType = LHSTy;
2977 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2978 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
2979 compositeType = RHSTy;
2980 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2981 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
2982 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2983 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
2984 if (!sameKind
2985 || !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
2986 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
2987 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2988 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2989 return QualType();
2990 } else {
2991 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2992 << LHSTy << RHSTy
2993 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2994 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002995 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2996 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002997 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002998 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002999 } else if (!sameKind
3000 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3001 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3002 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3003 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3004 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3005 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3006 // to get a consistent AST.
3007 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3008 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3009 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3010 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003011 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003012 // The pointer types are compatible.
3013 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3014 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3015 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3016 // type.
3017 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3018 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3019 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3020 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3021 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003022 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003023
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003024 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3025 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3026 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3027 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3028 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3029 return RHSTy;
3030 }
3031 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3032 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3033 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3034 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3035 return LHSTy;
3036 }
3037
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003038 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3039 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003040 // id with statically typed objects).
3041 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003042 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3043 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3044 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003045 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003046 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003047 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3048 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3049 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003050 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3051 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3052 // change the type of method sends.
3053
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003054 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3055 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3056 // cases. Investigate.
3057 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003058 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3059 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003060 return compositeType;
3061 }
3062 }
3063
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003064 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003065 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3066 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003067 return QualType();
3068}
3069
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003070/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003071/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003072Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3073 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3074 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3075 ExprArg RHS) {
3076 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3077 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003078
3079 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3080 // was the condition.
3081 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3082 if (isLHSNull)
3083 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003084
3085 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003086 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003087 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003088 return ExprError();
3089
3090 Cond.release();
3091 LHS.release();
3092 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003093 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003094 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3095 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003096}
3097
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003098
3099// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003100// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003101// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3102// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3103// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003104Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003105Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3106 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003108 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003109 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3110 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003111
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003112 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003113 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3114 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003115
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003116 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003117
3118 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3119 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3120 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003121 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003122 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003123 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003124
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003125 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3126 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003127 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003128 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003129 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003130 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003131
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003132 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003133 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3134 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003135 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003136
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003137 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003138 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003139 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003140
3141 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003142 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3143 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003144 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003145 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003146 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003147 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3148 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3149 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3150 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3151 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3152 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3153 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3154 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3155 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3156 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3157 }
3158 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3159 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3160 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3161 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3162 }
3163 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3164 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3165 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3166 // warning can be disabled.
3167 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3168 return ConvTy;
3169 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3170 }
3171 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3172 return IncompatiblePointer;
3173 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003174 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003175}
3176
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003177/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3178/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3179/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3180// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003181Sema::AssignConvertType
3182Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003183 QualType rhsType) {
3184 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003185
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003186 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3187 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003188 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3189
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003190 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3191 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3192 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003193
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003194 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003195
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003196 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3197 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3198 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003199
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003200 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003202 return ConvTy;
3203}
3204
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003205/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3206/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003207/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3208///
3209/// int a, *pint;
3210/// short *pshort;
3211/// struct foo *pfoo;
3212///
3213/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3214/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3215/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3216/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3217///
3218/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003219/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003220///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003221Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003222Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003223 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3224 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003225 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3226 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003227
3228 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003229 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003230
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003231 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3232 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3233 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3234 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3235 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3236 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3237 // type.
3238 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3239 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003240 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003241 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003242 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003243
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003244 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3245 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003246 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003247 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3248 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3249 return IntToPointer;
3250 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3251 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003252 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003253 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003254
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003255 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003256 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003257 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3258 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003259 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003260
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003261 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003262 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003263 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003264 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3265 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003266 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003267 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003268 }
3269 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003270 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003271
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003272 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003273 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003274
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003275 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003276 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003277 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003278
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003279 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003280 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003281
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003282 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003283 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003284 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003285
3286 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3287 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3288 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3289 return Compatible;
3290 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003291 return Incompatible;
3292 }
3293
3294 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3295 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003296 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003297
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003298 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3299 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3300 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3301 return Compatible;
3302
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003303 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3304 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003305
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003306 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3307 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003308 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003309 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003310 return Incompatible;
3311 }
3312
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003313 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003314 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003315 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3316 return Compatible;
3317
3318 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003319 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003320
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003321 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003322 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003323
3324 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003325 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003326 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003327 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003328 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003329
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003330 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003331 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003332 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003333 }
3334 return Incompatible;
3335}
3336
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003337/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3338/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3339static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3340 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3341 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3342 // of the transparent union.
3343 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3344 &E, 1,
3345 SourceLocation());
3346 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3347 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3348
3349 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3350 // union type from this initializer list.
3351 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3352 false);
3353}
3354
3355Sema::AssignConvertType
3356Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3357 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3358
3359 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3360 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3361 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3362 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3363 return Incompatible;
3364
3365 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3366 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3367 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3368 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3369 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3370 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3371 it != itend; ++it) {
3372 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3373 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3374 // 1) void pointer
3375 // 2) null pointer constant
3376 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3377 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3378 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3379 InitField = *it;
3380 break;
3381 }
3382
3383 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3384 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3385 InitField = *it;
3386 break;
3387 }
3388 }
3389
3390 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3391 == Compatible) {
3392 InitField = *it;
3393 break;
3394 }
3395 }
3396
3397 if (!InitField)
3398 return Incompatible;
3399
3400 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3401 return Compatible;
3402}
3403
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003404Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003405Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3407 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3408 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3409 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3410 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003411 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3412 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003413 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003414 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003415 }
3416
3417 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3418 // structures.
3419 }
3420
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003421 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3422 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003423 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3424 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003425 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003426 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003427 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003428 return Compatible;
3429 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003430
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003431 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003432 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003433 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003434 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003435 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003436 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003437 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3438 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003439
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003440 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3441 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003442
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003443 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3444 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003445 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3446 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3447 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3448 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003449 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003450 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003451 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003452}
3453
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003454QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003456 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003457 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003458 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003459}
3460
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003461inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003462 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003463 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003464 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003465 QualType lhsType =
3466 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3467 QualType rhsType =
3468 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003469
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003470 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003471 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003472 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003473
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003474 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3475 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003476 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3477 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3478 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003479 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3480 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003481 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003482 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003483 }
3484 }
3485 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003486
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003487 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3488 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003489 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003490 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003491
3492 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003493 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3494 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003495 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003496 return lhsType;
3497 }
3498 }
3499
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003500 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003501 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003502 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003503 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3504
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003505 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003506 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3507 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003508 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003509 return rhsType;
3510 }
3511 }
3512
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003513 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003514 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003515 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003516 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003517 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003518}
3519
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003520inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003521 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003522{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003523 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003524 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003525
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003526 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003527
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003528 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003529 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003530 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003531}
3532
3533inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003535{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003536 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3537 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3538 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3539 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3540 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003541
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003542 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003544 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003545 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003546 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003547}
3548
3549inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003550 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003551{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003552 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3553 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3554 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3555 return compType;
3556 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003557
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003558 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003559
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003560 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003561 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3562 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3563 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003564 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003565 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003566
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003567 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3568 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3569 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3570 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3571
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003572 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003573 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003574 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3575 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3576 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3578 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003579 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003580 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003581 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003582
3583 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3584 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3585 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003586 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003587 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3589 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3590 return QualType();
3591 }
3592
3593 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3594 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3595 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3596 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003597 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003598 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003599 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3600 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003601 return QualType();
3602
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003603 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3604 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3605 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3606 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3607 return QualType();
3608 }
3609
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003610 if (CompLHSTy) {
3611 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3612 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3613 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003614 else {
3615 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3616 if (!T.isNull())
3617 LHSTy = T;
3618 }
3619
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003620 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3621 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003622 return PExp->getType();
3623 }
3624 }
3625
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003626 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003627}
3628
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003629// C99 6.5.6
3630QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003631 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3632 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3633 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3634 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3635 return compType;
3636 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003637
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003638 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003639
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003640 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003641
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003642 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003643 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3644 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003645 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003646 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003647 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003648
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003649 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3650 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003651 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003652
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003653 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003654
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003655 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3656 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3657 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3658 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3659 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3660 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3661 return QualType();
3662 }
3663
3664 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3665 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3666 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003669 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003670 return QualType();
3671 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003672
3673 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3674 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3675 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3676 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3677 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3678 lex->getSourceRange(),
3679 SourceRange(),
3680 lex->getType()))
3681 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003682
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003683 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3684 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3685 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3686 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3687 return QualType();
3688 }
3689
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003690 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003691 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3692 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3693 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3694 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3695 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3696 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3697 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3698 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3699
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003700 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003701 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003702 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003703
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003704 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3705 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003706 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003707
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003708 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3709 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3710 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3711 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3712 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3713 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3714 return QualType();
3715 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003716
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003717 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3718 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3719 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3720 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003721 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003722 return QualType();
3723 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003724
3725 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3726 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3727 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3728 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3729 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3730 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3731 rex->getSourceRange(),
3732 SourceRange(),
3733 rex->getType()))
3734 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003735
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003736 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3737 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3738 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3739 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3740 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3741 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3742 return QualType();
3743 }
3744 } else {
3745 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3746 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3747 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3748 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3749 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3750 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3751 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3752 return QualType();
3753 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003754 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003755
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003756 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3757 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3758 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3759 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3760 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3761 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3762 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003763
3764 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003765 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3766 }
3767 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003769 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003770}
3771
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003772// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003773QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003774 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003775 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3776 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003777 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003778
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003779 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3780 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003781 QualType LHSTy;
3782 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3783 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003784 else {
3785 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3786 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3787 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3788 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003789 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003790 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3791
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003792 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003793
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003794 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003795 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003796}
3797
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003798// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003799QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003800 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3801 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3802
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003803 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003804 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003805
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003806 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003807 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3808 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3809 else {
3810 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3811 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3812 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003813 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3814 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003815
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003816 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3817 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003818 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3819 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3820 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003821 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3822 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003823 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3824 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3825 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3826 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003827 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3828 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003829 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003830
3831 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3832 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3833 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3834 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3835
3836 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3837 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003838 Expr *literalString = 0;
3839 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003840 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003841 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3842 literalString = lex;
3843 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3844 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003845 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3846 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003847 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3848 literalString = rex;
3849 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3850 }
3851
3852 if (literalString) {
3853 std::string resultComparison;
3854 switch (Opc) {
3855 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3856 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3857 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3858 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3859 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3860 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3861 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3862 }
3863 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3864 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3865 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003866 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3867 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3868 "strcmp(")
3869 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3870 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003871 resultComparison);
3872 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003873 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003875 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003876 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003877
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003878 if (isRelational) {
3879 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003880 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003881 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003882 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003883 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003884 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003885 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003886 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003887
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003888 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003889 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003890 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003891
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003892 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3893 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003894
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003895 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3896 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3897 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003898 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003899 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003900 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003901 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003902 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003903
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003904 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3905 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3906 return ResultTy;
3907
3908 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3909 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3910 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3911 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3912 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3913 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3914 //
3915 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3916 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003917 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003918 if (T.isNull()) {
3919 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3920 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3921 return QualType();
3922 }
3923
3924 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3925 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3926 return ResultTy;
3927 }
3928
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003929 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003930 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3931 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003932 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003933 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003934 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003935 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003936 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003937 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003938 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003939 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003940 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3941 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3942 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3943 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3944 return ResultTy;
3945 }
3946 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3947 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3948 return ResultTy;
3949 }
3950 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
3951 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
3952 return ResultTy;
3953 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003954 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003955 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003956 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3957 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003958
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003959 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3960 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003961 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003962 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003963 }
3964 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003965 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003966 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003967 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003968 if (!isRelational
3969 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
3970 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003971 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003972 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
3973 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3974 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
3975 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
3976 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
3977 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003978 }
3979 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003980 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003981 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003982
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003983 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003984 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003985 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3986 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003987 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003988 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003989 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003990 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003991
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003992 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3993 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003994 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003995 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003996 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003997 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003998 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003999 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004000 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004001 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004002 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4003 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004004 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004005 } else {
4006 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004007 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004008 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004009 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004010 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004011 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004012 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004013 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004014 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004015 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004016 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004017 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004018 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004019 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004020 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004021 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004022 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004023 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004024 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004025 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004026 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004027 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004028 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004029 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004030 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004031 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4032 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004033 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004034 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004035 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004036 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4037 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004038 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004039 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004040 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004041 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004042}
4043
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004044/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004045/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004046/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4047/// types.
4048QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004049 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004050 bool isRelational) {
4051 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4052 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004053 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004054 if (vType.isNull())
4055 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004057 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4058 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004059
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004060 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4061 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4062 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4063 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4064 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4065 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4066 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004067 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004068 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004069
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004070 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4071 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4072 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004073 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004074 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004075
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004076 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4077 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4078 if (1) {
4079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4080 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4081 return QualType();
4082 }
4083
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004084 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4085 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4086 // elements for floating point vectors.
4087 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4088 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004089
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004090 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004091 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004092 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004093 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004094 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004095 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4096
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004097 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004098 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004099 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4100}
4101
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004102inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004103 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004104{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004105 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004106 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004107
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004108 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004109
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004110 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004111 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004112 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004113}
4114
4115inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004117{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004118 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4119 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004120
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004121 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004122 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004123 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004124}
4125
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004126/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4127/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4128/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4129///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004130static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004131{
4132 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4133 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4134 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4135 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4136 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004137 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004138 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4139 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4140 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4141 return true;
4142 }
4143 }
4144 return false;
4145}
4146
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004147/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4148/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4149static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004150 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4151 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4152 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004153 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4154 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004155 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4156 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004157
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004158 unsigned Diag = 0;
4159 bool NeedType = false;
4160 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4161 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4162 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004163 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004164 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4165 NeedType = true;
4166 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004167 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004168 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4169 NeedType = true;
4170 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004171 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004172 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4173 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004174 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004175 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4176 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004177 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4178 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004179 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004180 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4181 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004182 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004183 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4184 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004185 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004186 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4187 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004188 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4189 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4190 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004191 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4192 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4193 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004194 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004195
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004196 SourceRange Assign;
4197 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4198 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004199 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004200 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004201 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004202 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004203 return true;
4204}
4205
4206
4207
4208// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004209QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4210 SourceLocation Loc,
4211 QualType CompoundType) {
4212 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4213 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004214 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004215
4216 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4217 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004218
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004219 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004220 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004221 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004222 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004223 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4224 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4225 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4226 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4227 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4228 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4229 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004230
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004231 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4232 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4233 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004234 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004235 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4236 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4237 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4238 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4239 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004240 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004241 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004242 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4243 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4244 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004245 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4246 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004247 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4248 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4249 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004250 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004251 }
4252 } else {
4253 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004254 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004255 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004256
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004257 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4258 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004259 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004260
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004261 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4262 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004264 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4265 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004266 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004267 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004268 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004269}
4270
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004271// C99 6.5.17
4272QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004273 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004274 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004275
4276 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4277 // incomplete in C++).
4278
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004279 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004280}
4281
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004282/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4283/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004284QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4285 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004286 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4287 return Context.DependentTy;
4288
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004289 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4290 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004291
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004292 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4293 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4294 if (!isInc) {
4295 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4296 return QualType();
4297 }
4298 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4299 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4300 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004301 // OK!
4302 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4303 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004304 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004305 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4306 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4307 << Op->getSourceRange();
4308 return QualType();
4309 }
4310
4311 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004312 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004313 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004314 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4315 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4316 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4317 return QualType();
4318 }
4319
4320 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004321 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004322 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4323 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4324 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4325 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004326 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004327 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4328 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4329 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004330 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004331 } else {
4332 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004333 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004334 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004335 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004337 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004338 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004339 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004340 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004341}
4342
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004343/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004344/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004345/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4346/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4347/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4348/// - &(x) => x
4349/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4350/// - &s.xx => s
4351/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4352/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4353/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4354/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004355static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004356 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004357 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004358 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004359 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004360 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004361 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4362 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4363 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004364 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004365 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004366 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004367 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004368 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004369 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4370 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004371 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4372 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4373 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4374 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4375 }
4376 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004377 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004378 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4379 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004380
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004381 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004382 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4383 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4384 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4385 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4386 default:
4387 return 0;
4388 }
4389 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004390 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004391 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004392 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004393 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4394 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004395 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004396 default:
4397 return 0;
4398 }
4399}
4400
4401/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004402/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004403/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004404/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004405/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004406/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004407/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004408QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004409 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4410 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4411
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004412 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4413 return Context.DependentTy;
4414
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004415 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4416 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4417 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4418 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4419 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4420 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4421 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4422 }
4423 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4424 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4425 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004426 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004427 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004428
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004429 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004430 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman53202852009-05-03 22:36:05 +00004431 if (op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
4432 // Function designator is valid
4433 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4434 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void)
4435 << op->getSourceRange();
4436 } else {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004437 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004438 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4439 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004440 return QualType();
4441 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004442 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004443 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4444 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4445 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004446 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004447 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4448 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004449 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004450 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004451 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004452 return QualType();
4453 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004454 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004455 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4456 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4457 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004458 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4459 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004460 return QualType();
4461 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004462 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004463 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004464 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4465 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004466 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4467 // scope qualifier for the class.
4468 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4469 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4470 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4471 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4472 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4473 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004474 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4475 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004476 // As above.
4477 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4478 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4479 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4480 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4481 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4482 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004483 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004484 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004485 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004486 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004487
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004488 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4489 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4490}
4491
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004492QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004493 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4494 return Context.DependentTy;
4495
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004496 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4497 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004498
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004499 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4500 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4501 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4502 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4503 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004504 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004505
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004506 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004507 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004508 return QualType();
4509}
4510
4511static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4512 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4513 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4514 switch (Kind) {
4515 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004516 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4517 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004518 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4519 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4520 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4521 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4522 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4523 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4524 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4525 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4526 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4527 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4528 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4529 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4530 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4531 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4532 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4533 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4534 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4535 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4536 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4537 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4538 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4539 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4540 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4541 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4542 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4543 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4544 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4545 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4546 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4547 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4548 }
4549 return Opc;
4550}
4551
4552static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4553 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4554 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4555 switch (Kind) {
4556 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4557 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4558 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4559 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4560 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4561 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4562 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4563 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4564 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004565 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4566 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4567 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4568 }
4569 return Opc;
4570}
4571
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004572/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4573/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4574/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004575Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4576 unsigned Op,
4577 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004578 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004579 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004580 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4581 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4582 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004583
4584 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004585 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4586 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4587 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004588 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4589 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4590 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4591 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4592 break;
4593 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004594 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4595 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4596 break;
4597 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4598 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4599 break;
4600 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4601 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4602 break;
4603 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4604 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4605 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004606 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004607 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4608 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4609 break;
4610 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4611 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4612 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4613 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004614 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004615 break;
4616 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4617 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004618 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004619 break;
4620 case BinaryOperator::And:
4621 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4622 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4623 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4624 break;
4625 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4626 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4627 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4628 break;
4629 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4630 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004631 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4632 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4633 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4634 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004635 break;
4636 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004637 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4638 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4639 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4640 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004641 break;
4642 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004643 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4644 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4645 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004646 break;
4647 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004648 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4649 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4650 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004651 break;
4652 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4653 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004654 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4655 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4656 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4657 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004658 break;
4659 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4660 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4661 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004662 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4663 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4664 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4665 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004666 break;
4667 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4668 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4669 break;
4670 }
4671 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004672 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004673 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004674 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4675 else
4676 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004677 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4678 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004679}
4680
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004681// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004682Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4683 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4684 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004685 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004686 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004687
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004688 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4689 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004690
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004691 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4692 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4693 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4694 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4695 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4696 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4697 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004698 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004699 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4700 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4701 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4702 Functions);
4703 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4704 DeclarationName OpName
4705 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4706 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004707 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004708
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004709 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4710 // binary operation.
4711 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004712 }
4713
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004714 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4715 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004716}
4717
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004718Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4719 unsigned OpcIn,
4720 ExprArg InputArg) {
4721 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004722
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004723 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004724 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004725 QualType resultType;
4726 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004727 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4728 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4729 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4730 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4731 break;
4732
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004733 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4734 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004735 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4736 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004737 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004738 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004739 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4740 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004741 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004742 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004743 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4744 break;
4745 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4746 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004747 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4748 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004749 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4750 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004751 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4752 break;
4753 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4754 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4755 break;
4756 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4757 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4758 resultType->isPointerType())
4759 break;
4760
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004761 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4762 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004763 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004764 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4765 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004766 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4767 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004768 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4769 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4770 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004771 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004772 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004773 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004774 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4775 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004776 break;
4777 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4778 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004779 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4780 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004781 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4782 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004783 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004784 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4785 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004786 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004787 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4788 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004789 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004790 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004791 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004792 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004793 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004794 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004795 resultType = Input->getType();
4796 break;
4797 }
4798 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004799 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004800
4801 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004802 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004803}
4804
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004805// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4806Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4807 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4808 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4809 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4810
4811 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4812 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4813 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4814 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4815 // the arguments.
4816 FunctionSet Functions;
4817 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4818 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4819 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4820 Functions);
4821 DeclarationName OpName
4822 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4823 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4824 }
4825
4826 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4827 }
4828
4829 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4830}
4831
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004832/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004833Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4834 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4835 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004836 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004837 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004838
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004839 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4840 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004841 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004842 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004843
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004844 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004845 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4846 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004847}
4848
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004849Sema::OwningExprResult
4850Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4851 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4852 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004853 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4854 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4855
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004856 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004857 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004858 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004859
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004860 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4861 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4862 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004864 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4865 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4866 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004867
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004868 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4869 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4870 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4871 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4872 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004873
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004874 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004875 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004876 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004877
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004878 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4879 // expressions are not lvalues.
4880
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004881 substmt.release();
4882 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004883}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004884
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004885Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4886 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4887 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4888 TypeTy *argty,
4889 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4890 unsigned NumComponents,
4891 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4892 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4893 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004894 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4895 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004896
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004897 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4898
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004899 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4900 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4901 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004902 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004903 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004904
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004905 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4906 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004907
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004908 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4909 // the offsetof designators.
4910 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4911 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004912 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004913 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004914
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004915 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4916 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004917 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4918 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004919 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004920 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4921 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004922
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004923 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004924 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004925
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004926 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4927 // leaks like a sieve.
4928 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4929 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4930 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4931 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4932 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4933 if (!AT) {
4934 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004935 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4936 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004937 }
4938
4939 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4940
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004941 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4942 // expression.
4943 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4944
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004945 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4946 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004947 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004948 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004949 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004950 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004951 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004952
4953 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4954 OC.LocEnd);
4955 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004956 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004957
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004958 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4959 if (!RC) {
4960 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004961 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4962 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004963 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004964
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004965 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4966 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004967 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004968 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00004969 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
4970 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
4971 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004972 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
4973 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00004974 }
4975
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004976 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4977 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4978 LookupMemberName)
4979 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004980 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004981 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004982 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4983 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004984
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004985 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4986 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004987 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00004988 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
4989 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00004990 } else {
4991 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
4992 // doesn't matter here.
4993 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
4994 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
4995 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004996 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004997 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004998
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004999 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5000 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005001}
5002
5003
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005004Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5005 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5006 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005007 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5008 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005009
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005010 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005011
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005012 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5013 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005014}
5015
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005016Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5017 ExprArg cond,
5018 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5019 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5020 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5021 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5022 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005023
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005024 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5025
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005026 QualType resType;
5027 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
5028 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5029 } else {
5030 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5031 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5032 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5033 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005034 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5035 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5036 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005037
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005038 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5039 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5040 }
5041
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005042 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5043 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5044 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005045}
5046
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005047//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5048// Clang Extensions.
5049//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5050
5051/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005052void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005053 // Analyze block parameters.
5054 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005055
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005056 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5057 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5058 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005060 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5061 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005062 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005063 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5064 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005065
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005066 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005067 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005068}
5069
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005070void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005071 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005072
Mike Stump6c92fa72009-04-29 21:40:37 +00005073 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
5074
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005075 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5076 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
5077 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5078
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005079 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5080 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5081 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5082 return;
5083 }
5084
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005085 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5086 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5087 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5088
5089 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5090 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005091 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5092 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5093 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005094 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005095 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5096 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005097 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5098
5099 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5100 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5101 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5102 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5103 return;
5104 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005105 return;
5106 }
5107
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005108 // Analyze arguments to block.
5109 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5110 "Not a function declarator!");
5111 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005112
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005113 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5114 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005115
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005116 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5117 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5118 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5119 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005120 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5121 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005122 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005123 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005124 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005126 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005127 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005128 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00005129 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005130 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005131
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005132 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5133 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5134 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5135 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5136 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005137
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005138 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5139 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5140 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005141 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005142 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5143 }
5144
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005145 // Analyze the return type.
5146 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5147 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5148
5149 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5150 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5151 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5152 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5153 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5154 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005155}
5156
5157/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5158/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5159void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5160 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5161 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005162
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005163 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5164
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005165 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005166 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005167 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005168 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005169}
5170
5171/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5172/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005173Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5174 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005175 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5176 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5177 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5178
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005179 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5180 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005181
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005182 PopDeclContext();
5183
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005184 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5185 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005186
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005187 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5188 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5189 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005190
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005191 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5192 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5193 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005194
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005195 QualType BlockTy;
5196 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005197 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005198 else
5199 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005200 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005201
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005202 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5203
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005204 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005206 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5207 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5208 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5209 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5210
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005211 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005212 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5213 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005214}
5215
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005216Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5217 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5218 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005219 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005220 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5221 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5222
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005223 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005224
5225 // Get the va_list type
5226 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005227 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5228 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5229 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5230 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005231 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005232 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5233 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5234 } else {
5235 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5236 // it is modified by va_arg.
5237 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
5238 return ExprError();
5239 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005240
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005241 if (!Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005242 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5243 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005244 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005245 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005246
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005247 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005248 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005249
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005250 expr.release();
5251 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5252 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005253}
5254
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005255Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005256 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5257 // pointers on the target.
5258 QualType Ty;
5259 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5260 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5261 else
5262 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5263
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005264 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005265}
5266
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005267bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5268 SourceLocation Loc,
5269 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5270 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5271 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5272 bool isInvalid = false;
5273 unsigned DiagKind;
5274 switch (ConvTy) {
5275 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5276 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005277 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005278 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5279 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005280 case IntToPointer:
5281 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5282 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005283 case IncompatiblePointer:
5284 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5285 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005286 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5287 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5288 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005289 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5290 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5291 break;
5292 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005293 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5294 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5295 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5296 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5297 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5298 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5299 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5300 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5301 // C++ semantics.
5302 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5303 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5304 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005305 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5306 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005307 case IntToBlockPointer:
5308 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5309 break;
5310 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005311 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005312 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005313 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005314 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005315 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5316 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5317 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005318 case IncompatibleVectors:
5319 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5320 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005321 case Incompatible:
5322 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5323 isInvalid = true;
5324 break;
5325 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005326
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005327 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5328 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005329 return isInvalid;
5330}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005331
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005332bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005333 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5334 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5335 if (Result)
5336 *Result = ICEResult;
5337 return false;
5338 }
5339
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005340 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5341
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005342 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005343 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5344 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5345
5346 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5347 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5348 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5349 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5350 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5351 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5352 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005353
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005354 return true;
5355 }
5356
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005357 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5358 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005359
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005360 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5361 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5362 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005363
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005364 if (Result)
5365 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5366 return false;
5367}